blob: acc4783c80c16fa5166f872a69ee21ff5db55421 [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jul 06
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
961
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000962BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000963
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200964The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000965for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
966are supported.
967
968Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
969in ones |.vimrc|: >
970 let baan_code_stds=1
971
972*baan-folding*
973
974Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
975mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
976source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
977
978To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
979 let baan_fold=1
980Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
981indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
982considered equal to a tab). >
983 let baan_fold_block=1
984Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000985SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
987 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000988Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000989the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
990.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
991 set foldminlines=5
992 set foldnestmax=6
993
994
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000995BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000996
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000997Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000998which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
999five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1000otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1001Basic.
1002
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001003If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1004example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1005 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001008C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
1010A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001011(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001012 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001013 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1014To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001018An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1019 :set filetype=cpp
1020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001021Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001022*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1023*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001024*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1025*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001026*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1027*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1028*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001029 ...except { and } in first column
1030 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1031 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1033 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001034*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001035*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001036*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1037*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001038*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001039 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1041*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1042*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1043*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1044*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001045*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1046*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001048When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1049become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1050 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001051"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1052 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1056to a larger number: >
1057 :let c_minlines = 100
1058This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1059displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1060disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1061
1062When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1063works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1064you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1065
1066To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1067Example: >
1068 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1069 :function MyCadd()
1070 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1071 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1072 : hi link cMyItem Title
1073 :endfun
1074
1075ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1076"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1077not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1078highlighting: >
1079 :hi link cConstant NONE
1080
1081If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1082highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1083
1084If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001085in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 syn sync fromstart
1088 set foldmethod=syntax
1089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001090CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001091
1092C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1093the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1094
1095By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1096of C or C++: >
1097 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001100CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101
1102Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1103that are available. Additionally there is:
1104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1106chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1107chill_minlines like c_minlines
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001110CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001111
1112ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1113If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1114 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1115This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1116"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1117file).
1118
1119You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1120 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1121Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1122 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1123This works immediately.
1124
1125
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1129
1130Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1131but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1132|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1133syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001134>
1135 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001136 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1137 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001138 \ }
1139<
1140Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1141
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001142There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1143this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1144dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1147"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1148namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001150
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001151 *g:clojure_fold*
1152
1153Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1154list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1155the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1156
1157
1158 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1159
1160Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1161reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001162>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163 #_(defn foo [x]
1164 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001165<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001166Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1167(e.g. `#_#_`).
1168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001170COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171
1172COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1173development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1174versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1175add this line to your .vimrc: >
1176 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1177To disable it again, use this: >
1178 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1179
1180
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001181COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001183The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001184comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1185
1186 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1187
1188The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1189
1190
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001191CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1192
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001193Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001194
1195Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001196cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001197cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001198cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1199cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
1204This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1205used.
1206
1207Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1208symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1209between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001210"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1211>
1212 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213
1214For using tcsh: >
1215
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001216 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001217
1218Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1219tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001220will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1222variable.
1223
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001224CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1225
1226If you change the delimiter of the CSV file, the syntax highlighting will be
1227now longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the
1228following variable: >
1229
1230 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1231
1232And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1233
1234 :w
1235 :e
1236
1237Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed csv delimiter.
1238
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001240CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001241
1242Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001243hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001244or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001245normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246line to your .vimrc file: >
1247
1248 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1249
1250Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1251
1252 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1253
1254To disable these again, use this: >
1255
1256 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1257 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1258<
1259
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001260CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001261
1262Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1263doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1264startup vimrc: >
1265 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1266
1267
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001268DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1269
1270Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1271used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1272a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1273from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1274
1275More information about the language and its development environment at the
1276official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1277
1278dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1279type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1280and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1281framework.
1282
1283Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1284
1285https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1286
1287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001288DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001289
1290Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001291according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001292https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1293To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1294 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1295Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1296To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1297 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1298g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001299
1300
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001301DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001302
1303The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1304there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1305
1306 :let diff_translations = 0
1307
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001308Also see |diff-slow|.
1309
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001310DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001311
1312The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1313provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1314the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1315versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1316uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1317line to your startup file: >
1318 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1319
1320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001321DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001322DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1323DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001324
1325There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1326are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1327automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1328defaults to XML.
1329You can set the type manually: >
1330 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1331or: >
1332 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1333You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1334Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1335 :set filetype=docbksgml
1336or: >
1337 :set filetype=docbkxml
1338
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001339You can specify the DocBook version: >
1340 :let docbk_ver = 3
1341When not set 4 is used.
1342
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001344DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001345
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001346Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1347supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1348NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1349and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001350Select the version you want with the following line: >
1351
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001352 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001355Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001356
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001357The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1358alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1359current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1360inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1361Stack Overflow -
1362
1363https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1364
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001365To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1366Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1367anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001368
1369 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1370
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001371If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1372block will be highlighted as an error.
1373
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001375"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1376is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001377
1378 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1379
1380If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1381
1382
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1384
1385Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001386(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1387idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001389There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1390explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1391Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001392 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1393or >
1394 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1395
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001396It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1397the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1398adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001399 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1400
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001401There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1402and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001403
1404Variable Default Effect ~
1405g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1406g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1407 doxygen comments.
1408
1409doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1410 and html_my_rendering underline.
1411
1412doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1413 colour highlighting.
1414
1415doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001416 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001417
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001418There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001419configuration.
1420
1421Highlight Effect ~
1422doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1423 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1424doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1425 \endlink from a \link section.
1426
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001427
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001428DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001429
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001430The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1432
1433 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1434
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001435The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001436this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1437
1438 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1439
1440before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1441Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1442'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1443Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1444highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001445delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
1447 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1448
1449The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1450
1451
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001452EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453
1454While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001455syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1456highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001457highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1458
1459 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1460
1461Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1462
1463Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1464
1465 :let eiffel_strict=1
1466 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1467
1468Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1469five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1470"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1471
1472Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1473guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1474lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1475
1476If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1477"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1478
1479 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1480
1481instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1482
1483Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1484experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1485
1486 :let eiffel_ise=1
1487
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001488Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489
1490 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1491
1492to your startup file.
1493
1494
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001495EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1496
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001497Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001498version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001499Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1500
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001501Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1502still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1503Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001504
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001505The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1506
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001507 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1508 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1509
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001510To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001511auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1512add the following line to your startup file: >
1513
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001514 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001515
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001516< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001517
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001518 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1519
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001520Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001521specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1522file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1523filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1524Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001525
1526
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001527ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001528
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001529Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001530the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001531
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001532The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1533put the following line in your vimrc: >
1534
1535 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1536
1537To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1538
1539 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001540
1541
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001542ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1543
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001544Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1545maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001546
1547The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1548
1549 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1550
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001551Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001552specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1553file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1554filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1555Elixir.
1556
1557
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001558FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1559
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001560FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1561http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001562NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001563development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001564
1565Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1566syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1567editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1568start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1569'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1570(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1571and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1572
1573If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1574move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1575 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1576
1577
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001578FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579
1580The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1581modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001582following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001583J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1584
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001585If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586redefine the following syntax groups:
1587
1588 - formConditional
1589 - formNumber
1590 - formStatement
1591 - formHeaderStatement
1592 - formComment
1593 - formPreProc
1594 - formDirective
1595 - formType
1596 - formString
1597
1598Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1599directives per default in the same syntax group.
1600
1601A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001602header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1604
1605 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1606
1607The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001608gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001609conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1610
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001611Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1612should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1613the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1614
1615If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1616example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1617 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1618
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001620FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1621
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001622Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1623be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1624edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1625 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001626 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1627
1628
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001629FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630
1631Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001632Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1633choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16342023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
163590, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1636respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001637items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001638
1639The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1640fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1641the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001642
1643Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001644Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1646
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001647When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001648form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001650in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1651source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1653in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1654
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001655If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1656extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1657file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1658will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1659on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001661When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001663fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1664neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001665determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1666using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1667compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001668free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1669different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1670script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1671no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1672fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1673In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1674the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1675happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1676columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1677file.
1678
1679Vendor extensions ~
1680Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1681script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1682created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1683characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1684with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001685 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001686placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1687
1688If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1689set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1690 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1691placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1692
1693To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1694intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1695command such as >
1696 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1697placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001699Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001700Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001701fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001702Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001703using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1705 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001706placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001707mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1708
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001709Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001710Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1711fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712 :let fortran_fold=1
1713to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1714is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001715subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1716units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1717constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1718fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001719 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001720then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001721select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1722be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001724The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1725comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1726non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1727or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001728items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729
1730Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001731Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1732strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001733because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1734
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001735For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001736|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001738FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1739
1740FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1741dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1742for how to select the correct dialect.
1743
1744Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1745
1746Variable Highlight ~
1747*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1748*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1749*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1750*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1751
1752
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001753
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001754FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755
1756In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1757the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1758appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1759patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1760number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1761
1762For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1763as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1764
1765 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1766 \ set filetype=fvwm
1767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001768GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769
1770The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1771the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1772is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1773are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1774
1775 htmlString
1776 htmlValue
1777 htmlEndTag
1778 htmlTag
1779 htmlTagN
1780
1781Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1782java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1783group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1784correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1785to the contains clause.
1786
1787The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1788group to make them easier to see.
1789
1790
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001791GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792
1793The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001794under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1796filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1797(see |filetype.txt|).
1798
1799
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001800HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001801
1802The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001803Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001804syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1805
1806If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1807light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1808 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1809To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1810add: >
1811 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1812To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1813 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1814And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1815 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1816If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1817your .vimrc: >
1818 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1819
1820The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1821directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1823operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001824as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1825 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1826
1827The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1828automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1829TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001830or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001831in your .vimrc >
1832 :let lhs_markup = none
1833for no highlighting at all, or >
1834 :let lhs_markup = tex
1835to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1836For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1837this variable, so e.g. >
1838 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001839will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001840set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1841loading a file.
1842
1843
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001844HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845
1846The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1847
1848The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1849This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001850closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1851are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852
1853Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1854names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1855makes it easy to spot errors
1856
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001857Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001858names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1859
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001860Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1862text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1863while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001864only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001865<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866
1867If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1868following syntax groups:
1869
1870 - htmlBold
1871 - htmlBoldUnderline
1872 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1873 - htmlUnderline
1874 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1875 - htmlItalic
1876 - htmlTitle for titles
1877 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1878
1879To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1880of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1881following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1882are read during initialization) >
1883 :let html_my_rendering=1
1884
1885If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1886http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1887
1888You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1889vimrc file: >
1890 :let html_no_rendering=1
1891
1892HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1893details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1894However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001895ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1897
1898JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1899'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001900programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1901currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001902
1903Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1904
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001905There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1906written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001907following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1908(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001909>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001910 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1911 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1912
1913Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1914the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1915
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001916 *html-folding*
1917The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1918and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1919
1920 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1921 :set foldmethod=syntax
1922
1923Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1924especially for large files.
1925
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001927HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001928
1929The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1930
1931Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1932doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1933this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1934different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1935 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1936
1937Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1938
1939Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1940signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1941a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1942 :set syntax=htmlos
1943
1944Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1945block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1946
1947
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001948IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949
1950Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1951how to recognize this filetype.
1952
1953To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1954 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1955
1956
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001957INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001958
1959Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1960most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1961to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1962 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1963
1964By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1965and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1966you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1967need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1968 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1969
1970This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1971set of highlighted system functions.
1972
1973The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1974it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1975by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1976startup sequence: >
1977 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1978
1979By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1980version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1981Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1982startup sequence: >
1983 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1984
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001985IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1986
1987IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1988Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1989
1990IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1991rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001992repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001993
1994There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1995are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1996
1997The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1998
1999Variable Effect ~
2000
2001idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2002 extensions
2003idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2004idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2005 quite helpful)
2006idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2007
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002008
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002009JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002010
2011The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2012
2013In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2014flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002015classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2016old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2018
2019All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2020highlight them use: >
2021 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2022
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002024download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2025If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2026use the following: >
2027 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2028Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2029
2030Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002031how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002032headers of function declarations:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002034If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2035a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002037 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2038 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2039 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2040 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2041 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2042 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2043 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2044 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2045Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002046However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002047supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2048amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002049 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002050In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2051 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2052to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2053highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2054to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2055distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2056
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002057If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2058function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2059or compose new ones.
2060
2061Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2062down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2063conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2064 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002065
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002066In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002067only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002068statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069your startup file: >
2070 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2071The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002072characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002073new highlightings for the following groups.:
2074 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2075which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002076strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002077have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002078
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002079Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2080creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2081similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2082and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2084 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2085 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2086 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2087 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002088 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002089 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2090To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2091 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2092
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002093If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2094can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2095scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2096actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2097CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002098 :let java_javascript=1
2099 :let java_css=1
2100 :let java_vb=1
2101
2102In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2103for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2104 :hi link javaParen Comment
2105or >
2106 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2107
2108If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2109when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2110to a larger number: >
2111 :let java_minlines = 50
2112This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2113displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2114number is that redrawing can become slow.
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002117JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2118
2119The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2120default. To disable concealment: >
2121 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2122
2123To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2124 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2125
2126
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002127JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2128
2129To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2130 hi link jqNumber Normal
2131
2132If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2133 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2134
2135
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002136LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002137
2138Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2139style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2140define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2141 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2142
2143
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002144LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002145
2146Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2147gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2148 :syn sync minlines=300
2149may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2150difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2151
2152
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002153LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2154
2155To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2156
2157 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2158<
2159
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002160LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2161
2162The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2163
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002164 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002165 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2166 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002167 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002168 of parenthesization will receive different
2169 highlighting.
2170<
2171The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2172the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2173colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2174specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002175usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002176highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2177
2178
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002179LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180
2181There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2182
2183If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2184
2185 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2186
2187For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2188set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2189
2190 :let lite_minlines = 200
2191
2192
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002193LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002195LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2197users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2198should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2199
2200 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2201
2202If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002203modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204
2205 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2206
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002207For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208
2209 // vim:set ft=c:
2210
2211If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2212
2213There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002214used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002216assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2218
2219 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2220
2221For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2222
2223 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2224
2225For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2226
2227 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2228
2229For uLPC series of LPC:
2230uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2231instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2232
2233
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002234LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002235
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002236The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002237the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2238lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022395.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002240
2241 :let lua_version = 5
2242 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002243
2244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002245MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246
2247Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002248quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002249signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2250whitespaces and end with a newline.
2251
2252Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002253as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2255
2256By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002257displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002258with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2259
2260 :let mail_minlines = 30
2261
2262
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002263MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002264
2265In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2266errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2267feature off by using: >
2268
2269 :let make_no_commands = 1
2270
2271
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002272MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002273
2274Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2275supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2276The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2277highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2278
2279 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2280
2281to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2282choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22831, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2284$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2285
2286 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2287 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2288 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2289 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2290 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2291 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2292 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2293 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2294 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2295
2296
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002297MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2298
2299If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2300slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002301the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002302
2303 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2304
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002305If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2306documents you can enable like this: >
2307
2308 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2309
2310To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2311
2312 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2313
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002314
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002315MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002316
2317Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2318have the following in your .vimrc: >
2319
2320 let filetype_m = "mma"
2321
2322
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002323MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2324
2325Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2326dialect.
2327
2328The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2329
2330 taggedComment :=
2331 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2332 ;
2333
2334 dialectTag :=
2335 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2336 ;
2337
2338 reserved words
2339 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2340
2341A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2342lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2343additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2344
2345Example: >
2346
2347 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2348 ...
2349
2350Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2351dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2352defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2353
2354Example: >
2355
2356 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2357
2358
2359Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2360variables.
2361
2362Variable Highlight ~
2363*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2364*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2365*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2366
2367*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2368*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2369*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2370
2371*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2372
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002373MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374
2375If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2376highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2377comments: >
2378
2379 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2380
2381To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2382
2383 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2384
2385To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2386'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2387
2388 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2389
2390Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2391
2392 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2393
2394To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2395
2396 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2397
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002398Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2400To enable this option: >
2401
2402 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2403
2404An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2405
2406 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2407
2408
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002409MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002410
2411There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2412
2413If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2414
2415 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2416
2417For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2418set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2419
2420 :let msql_minlines = 200
2421
2422
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002423N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2424
2425N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2426Couchbase Server databases.
2427
2428Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2429and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2430many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2431
2432
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002433NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002434
2435There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2436
2437If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2438errors, use this: >
2439
2440 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2441
2442If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2443
2444
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002445NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002446
2447The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2448activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2449can use them.
2450
2451For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002452processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002453features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2454|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002455
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002456 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002457
2458Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2459Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2460there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002461you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002462can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2463native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2464\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2465accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2466environments.
2467
2468In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2469follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2470
24711. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2472
24732. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2474 exclamation mark, etc.
2475
24763. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2477 carriage return.
2478
2479The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2480algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2481
2482Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2483furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2484vertical space input will be output as is.
2485
2486Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2487than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2488practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002489marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002490need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002491spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2492
2493 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2494
2495Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2496with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2497highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002498"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002499
2500 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2501 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2502 \ gui=reverse,bold
2503
2504If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2505with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2506file: >
2507
2508 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2509
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002510As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2512
2513Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2514groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2515
2516
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002517OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002518
2519The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2520.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2521
2522 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2523
2524you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2525by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2526
2527 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2528
2529prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2530contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2531
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002532PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2533
2534By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2535Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002536To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002537
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002538 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002539
2540The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2541
2542 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2543
2544To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2545
2546 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2547
2548This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2549
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002550 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002551 - image
2552 - block
2553 - subscript
2554 - superscript
2555 - strikeout
2556 - atx
2557 - codeblock_start
2558 - codeblock_delim
2559 - footnote
2560 - definition
2561 - list
2562 - newline
2563 - dashes
2564 - ellipses
2565 - quotes
2566 - inlinecode
2567 - inlinemath
2568
2569You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2570footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2571
2572 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2573
2574To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2575
2576 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2577
2578Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2579Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2580and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2581
2582 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2583
2584Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2585specified. Default = 1 >
2586
2587 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2588
2589For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2590list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2591can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2592
2593 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2594
2595To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2596
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002597 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002598
2599"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2600you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2601
2602To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2603
2604 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2605
2606Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2607Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2608
2609 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2610
2611The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2612
2613 :PandocHighlight LANG
2614
2615Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2616syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2617
2618 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2619
2620Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002621
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002622PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002623
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002624The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002625and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002626as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2627sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002628you set the variable: >
2629
2630 :let papp_include_html=1
2631
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002632in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002633sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002634edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635
2636The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2637http://papp.plan9.de.
2638
2639
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002640PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002641
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002642Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2643could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2644or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002645
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002646 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2647 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002648
2649The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2650provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002651Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002652enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2653following line to your startup file: >
2654
2655 :let pascal_traditional=1
2656
2657To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2658keywords, etc): >
2659
2660 :let pascal_delphi=1
2661
2662
2663The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2664*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2665operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2666
2667 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2668
2669Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2670
2671 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2672
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002673Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2675match Turbo Pascal. >
2676
2677 :let pascal_gpc=1
2678
2679or >
2680
2681 :let pascal_fpc=1
2682
2683To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2684pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2685
2686 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2687
2688If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2689will be highlighted as Error. >
2690
2691 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2692
2693
2694
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002695PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696
2697There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2698
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002699Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2700to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2701files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002702
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002703 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002704
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002705To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002706off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002708To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2709from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002710
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002711 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002713(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2714enabled it.)
2715
2716If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2717
2718 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2719
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002720(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002722The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2723be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002724perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2725
2726 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2727 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2728 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2729
2730(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2731
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002732The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002733synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2734If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002735then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2736you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737
2738One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2739
2740 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2741 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2742
2743Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2744its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2745
2746 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2747
2748If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2749
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002750 :let perl_fold = 1
2751
2752If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2753
2754 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002756Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2757this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002758
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002759 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002760
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002761Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2762via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002763
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002764 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2765
2766Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2767behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2768
2769 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002771PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002772
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002773[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774it has been renamed to "php"]
2775
2776There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2777
2778If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2779
2780 let php_sql_query = 1
2781
2782For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2783
2784 let php_baselib = 1
2785
2786Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2787
2788 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2789
2790Using the old colorstyle: >
2791
2792 let php_oldStyle = 1
2793
2794Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2795
2796 let php_asp_tags = 1
2797
2798Disable short tags: >
2799
2800 let php_noShortTags = 1
2801
2802For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2803
2804 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2805
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002806For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002807one: >
2808
2809 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2810
2811Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2812
2813 let php_folding = 1
2814
2815Selecting syncing method: >
2816
2817 let php_sync_method = x
2818
2819x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2820x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2821x = 0 to sync from start.
2822
2823
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002824PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2825
2826TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2827variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002828see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002829
2830This syntax file has the option >
2831
2832 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2833
2834if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2835
2836
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002837PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002838
2839PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2840
2841This syntax file has the options:
2842
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002843- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002844 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002845
2846 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002847 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002849 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002850 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002851 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002852
2853 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2854
2855- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2856 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2857
2858
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002859PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002860
2861There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2862
2863If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2864
2865 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2866
2867For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2868set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2869
2870 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2871
2872
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002873POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002874
2875There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2876
2877First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2878currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2879and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2880Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2881extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2882level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2883highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2884
2885 :let postscr_level=2
2886
2887If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2888the most prevalent version currently.
2889
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002890Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002891particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2892PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2893
2894If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2895Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2896follows: >
2897
2898 :let postscr_display=1
2899
2900If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2901Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2902postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2903
2904 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2905
2906PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2907useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2908cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2909character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2910explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2911highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2912
2913 :let postscr_fonts=1
2914 :let postscr_encodings=1
2915
2916There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2917PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2918operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2919if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2920operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2921or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2922highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2923postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2924
2925 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2926<
2927
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002928 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2929PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002930
2931This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2932
2933In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2934the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2935appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2936patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2937"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2938
2939For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2940files, add the following: >
2941
2942 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2943 \ set filetype=ptcap
2944
2945If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2946are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2947internal variable to a larger number: >
2948
2949 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2950
2951(The default is 20 lines.)
2952
2953
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002954PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002955
2956Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2957doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2958startup vimrc: >
2959 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2960The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2961Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2962 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2963 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2964
2965
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002966PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002967
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002968There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002969
2970For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002971 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002972
2973For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002974 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002975
2976For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002977 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2978
2979For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2980 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2981or >
2982 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002983The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002984
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002985For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002986 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002988If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002990This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2991unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002992
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002993If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2994you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002995Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2996 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002997This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2998
2999Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3000 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3001
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003002
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003003QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003005The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3006based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3007between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3008definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3009to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3010be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003011
3012set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3013 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3014
3015set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3016 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3017
3018set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3019 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3020
3021Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3022commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3023
3024
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003025R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3026
3027The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3028can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3029 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3030
3031You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3032 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3033
3034enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3035braces: >
3036 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3037
3038and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3039 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3040
3041
3042R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3043
3044To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3045 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3046
3047To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3048 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3049
3050To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3051 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3052
3053By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003054language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3055highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3056is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3057behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3058and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3059 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3060 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3061 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3062 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3063 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3064
3065If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3066list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3067the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003068 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3069
3070
3071R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3072
3073To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3074 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3075
3076
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003077RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3078
3079Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003080rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003081inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3082as rasi files: .rasi.
3083
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003084READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085
3086The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003087few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3089command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3090 let readline_has_bash = 1
3091
3092This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3093later, and part earlier) adds.
3094
3095
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003096REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3097
3098Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3099language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3100the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3101
3102
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003103RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3104
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003105Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3106select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3107syntax list.
3108
3109To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003110 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003111
3112To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3113`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3114 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003115 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3116 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003117 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003118 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003119
3120To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3121 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3122
3123To enable folding of sections: >
3124 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3125
3126Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3127
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003129REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130
3131If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3132when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3133to a larger number: >
3134 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3135This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3136displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3137number is that redrawing can become slow.
3138
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003139Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3140comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3141your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3142>
3143 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3144
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003145
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003146RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003147
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003148 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3149 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3150 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3151 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3152 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3153
3154 *ruby_operators*
3155 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3156
3157Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3158
3159 :let ruby_operators = 1
3160<
3161 *ruby_space_errors*
3162 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3163
3164Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3165
3166 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3167<
3168This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3169as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3170"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3171spaces respectively.
3172
3173 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3174 Ruby: Folding ~
3175
3176Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3177
3178 :let ruby_fold = 1
3179<
3180This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3181buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3182filetypes.
3183
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003184Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3185"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3186
3187You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3188
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003189 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003190<
3191The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3192
3193 keyword meaning ~
3194 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3195 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3196 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003197 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003198 def "def" block
3199 class "class" block
3200 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003201 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003202 begin "begin" block
3203 case "case" block
3204 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003205 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3206 [ Array literal
3207 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3208 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003209 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003210 : Symbol
3211 # Multiline comment
3212 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003213 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3214
3215 *ruby_no_expensive*
3216 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003217
3218By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003219of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003220experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3221you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003222
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003224<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3226
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003227 *ruby_minlines*
3228
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3230scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3231the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003232
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003233 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003234<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003235Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3236largest class or module.
3237
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003238 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3239 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003240
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003241Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3242"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003243
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003244 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003245<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003246
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003247SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003248
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003249By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003250
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003251scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3252Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003253
3254
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003255SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256
3257The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3258of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3259
3260The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3261case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003262used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3264 :let sdl_2000=1
3265
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003266This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003267keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3268 :let SDL_no_96=1
3269
3270
3271The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3272satisfied with it for my own projects.
3273
3274
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003275SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003276
3277To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003278highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003279
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003280 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3281<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3283inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3284by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3285also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3286you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3287
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003288GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3289comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3290comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3291
3292 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3293<
3294Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3295not (yet) affected by this setting.
3296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297Bugs:
3298
3299 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3300 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3301 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3302 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3303 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3304 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3305
3306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003307SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308
3309The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3310
3311The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3312This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3313closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3314defined for you)
3315
3316Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3317names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3318
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003319Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003320names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3321
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003322Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003323are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3324text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3325<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3326
3327If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3328following syntax groups:
3329
3330 - sgmlBold
3331 - sgmlBoldItalic
3332 - sgmlUnderline
3333 - sgmlItalic
3334 - sgmlLink for links
3335
3336To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3337following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3338are read during initialization) >
3339 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3340
3341You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3342vimrc file: >
3343 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3344
3345(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3346
3347
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003348 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003349SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003351This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3352shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003353
3354Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003355various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356
3357 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3358 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3359<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003360See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3361cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3362/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3363that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3364shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3365symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003367One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003368variables in your <.vimrc>:
3369
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003370 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003371 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003372< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003373 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003375 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003376< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003377 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003379< (dash users should use posix)
3380
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003381If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3382default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003383the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3384statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003385sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003386
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003387The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3388
3389 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3390 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3391 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3392 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003393>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003394then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003395syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3396to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003397
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003398 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3399
3400If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3401when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402to a larger number. Example: >
3403
3404 let sh_minlines = 500
3405
3406This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3407displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3408number is that redrawing can become slow.
3409
3410If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3411reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3412
3413 let sh_maxlines = 100
3414<
3415The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3416speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3417
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003418syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003419unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003420for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3421the following line in your .vimrc: >
3422
3423 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3424<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003425
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003426 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3427 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003429You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3430Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3431file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3432
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003433 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003434 " ==============
3435 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3436 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3437 unlet b:current_syntax
3438 endif
3439 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3440 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3441 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3442 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3443 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3444<
3445This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3446 awk '...awk code here...'
3447be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3448extended to other languages.
3449
3450
3451SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3452(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003453
3454The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3455
3456- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3457 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3458 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3459
3460- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3461 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003462 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003463 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3464 them in the syntax file.
3465
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003466- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003467 highlighting of # style comments.
3468
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003469 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470 number of #s.
3471
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003472 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003473 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003474
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003475 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003476 more than one #.
3477
3478Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003479PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003480fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3481the syntax file.
3482
3483
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003484SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3485 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003486 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003487
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003488While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3489custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3490SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003491
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003492Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3493scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3494supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3495buffer by buffer basis.
3496
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003497For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003498
3499
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003500SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3501
3502Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3503designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3504bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3505with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3506
3507
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003508TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509
3510This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3511for how the filetype is detected.
3512
3513Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003514is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3515add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516
3517 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3518
3519If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3520when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3521to a larger number: >
3522
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003523 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003524
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003525This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3526displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3527synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3528tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3529redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003530
3531
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003532TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003533 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003534
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003535 Tex Contents~
3536 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3537 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3538 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3539 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3540 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3541 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3542 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3543 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3544 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3545 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3546 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3547 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3548 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003549 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003550 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003551
3552 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003553 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003554
3555As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3556sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3557 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3558in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3559modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3560 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003561If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003562 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003563<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003564 *g:tex_nospell*
3565 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3566
3567If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3568 let g:tex_nospell=1
3569into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3570comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3571
3572 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003573 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003574
3575Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3576prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3577this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3578 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003579If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3580see |g:tex_nospell|.
3581
3582 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003583 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003584
3585Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3586one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3587want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3588 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003589<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003590 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003591 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003593The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3594highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3595texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3596terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3597as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3599 %stopzone
3600which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3601texMathZone.
3602
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003603 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003604 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605
3606If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3607 :syn sync maxlines=200
3608 :syn sync minlines=50
3609(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003610increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003611if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3612
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003613Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3614|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3615
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003616 *g:tex_fast*
3617
3618Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3619
3620 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3621
3622in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3623highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3624synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3625price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3626folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3627
3628You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3629selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3630
3631 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3632 c : allow texComment syntax
3633 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3634 M : allow texMath syntax
3635 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3636 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3637 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3638 S : allow texStyle syntax
3639 v : allow verbatim syntax
3640 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3641<
3642As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3643but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003644(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003645
3646 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003647 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003648
3649LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3650of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3651package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3652it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3653techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003654by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3655which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3656http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003657
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003658I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3659
3660 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3661<
3662The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3663
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003664 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003665 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003666
3667The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3668although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3669errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3670you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003671 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003672and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003673
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003674 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003675 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003676
3677If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3678code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003679 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3680You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3681(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3682As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3683 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3684You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3685and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3686The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3687has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003688
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003689 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003690 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003691
3692One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3693commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3694following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3695such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3696
3697 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3698 :set ft=tex
3699
3700Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3701always accept such use of @.
3702
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003703 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003704 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003705
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003706If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3707number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3708including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3709superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3710superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3711In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3712
3713One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3714with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003715
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003716 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003717 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3718
3719You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003720<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3721for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003722
3723 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003724 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003725 d = delimiters
3726 m = math symbols
3727 g = Greek
3728 s = superscripts/subscripts
3729<
3730By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3731substitution will not be made.
3732
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003733 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3734 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3735
3736Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3737keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3738syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3739
3740 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3741 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3742 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003743 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003744 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3745 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3746 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003747 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003748
3749 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3750 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3751
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003752 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3753 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3754
3755 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3756
3757 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3758 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3759
3760 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3761 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3762 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3763 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3764
3765 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3766 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3767<
3768 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3769 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3770 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3771< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3772 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3773
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003774 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3775 Tex: Match Check Control~
3776
3777 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003778 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3779 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003780 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3781 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3782 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3783< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3784 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3785 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3786< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3787 regions, >
3788 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3789< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003790
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003791TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003792
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003793There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3794
3795For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3796set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3797
3798 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3799<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003800TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3801 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3802
3803There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3804
3805 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3806When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3807are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3808
3809 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3810<
3811The default value is 1.
3812
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003813VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3814 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003815There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003816updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3817g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3818improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003820 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3821 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3822<
3823 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3824 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003826 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3827The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3828embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003830 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003831 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3832 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3833 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3834 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3835 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3836 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003837<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003838By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003839itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003840types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3841mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003842 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003843Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003844
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003845 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3846 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3847 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003848 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3849 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003850 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3851 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3852 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3853 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3854 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3855 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003856<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003857
3858By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003859to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3860g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003861
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003862 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3863By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3864setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3865
3866 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003867Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3868is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003869highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003870
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003871 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3872<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003873
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003875WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3876
3877The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3878with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3879bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3880https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3881
3882
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003883XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884
3885The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3886variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3887You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3888xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3889your .vimrc. Example: >
3890 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3891When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3892
3893Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3894"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3895highlighted.
3896
3897
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003898XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003899
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003900Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003901setting a global variable: >
3902
3903 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3904<
3905 *xml-folding*
3906The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003907start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003908
3909 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3910 :set foldmethod=syntax
3911
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003912Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003913especially for large files.
3914
3915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003916X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003917
3918xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3919XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3920you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3921
3922To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3923somewhere else with "P".
3924
3925Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3926 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003927 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003928 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003929 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3930 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931 :endfunction
3932 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3933 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3934This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3935It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3936must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3937
3938It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3939 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3940
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003941
3942YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3943
3944 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003945A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3946non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3947plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3948and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3949integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003950will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3951
3952Schema Description ~
3953failsafe No additional highlighting.
3954json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3955core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003956pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3957 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3958 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003959 schema.
3960
3961Default schema is `core`.
3962
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003963Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3964only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003965difference defined in the syntax file.
3966
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003967
3968ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3969
3970The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3971
3972 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3973
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039756. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976
3977Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3978
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039791. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003980 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3981 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3982 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3983 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3984 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3985 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003986
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039872. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003988 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3989
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039903. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3992 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3993 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3994
3995Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3996you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3997to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3998and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3999"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4000one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4001This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4002each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4003for a lot of groups.
4004
4005Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4006group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4007for the syntax group with the same name.
4008
4009In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4010defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4011using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4012match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4013keyword with ignoring case.
4014
4015
4016PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4017
4018When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4019
40201. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4021 defined last has priority.
40222. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40233. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4024 start in later positions.
4025
4026
4027DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4028
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004029:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4031 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4032 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4033 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4034
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004035:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004036 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004037
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004038
4039DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4040
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004041:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4042:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004043 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4044 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4045
4046 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4047 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4048
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004049 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004050 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4051 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4052 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4053
4054:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004055 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4056 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004057
4058 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4059
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004060SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4061
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004062:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4063:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4064:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004065 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4066 in a syntax item:
4067
4068 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4069 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4070 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4071
4072 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4073 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4074 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4075
4076 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4077
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004078:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004079 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4080 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004081
4082
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004083SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4084
4085:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4086 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4087 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4088
4089 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4090 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004091 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004092
4093 Example: >
4094 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4095<
4096 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4097 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4098 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4099
4100 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4101
4102 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004103 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004104 match.
4105
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004106 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4107 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004108 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004109
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004110DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4111
4112:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4113
4114 This defines a number of keywords.
4115
4116 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4117 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4118 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4119
4120 Example: >
4121 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4122<
4123 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4124 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4125 These examples do exactly the same: >
4126 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4127 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4128 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004129< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004130 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4131 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4132 variations at once: >
4133 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4134<
4135 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4136 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4137 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4138 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4139 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004140 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141
4142 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4143 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4144 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4145
4146 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4147 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4148 instead.
4149
4150 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4151
4152 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4153 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4154 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004155 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004156 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4157 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4158< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4159 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4160 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4161
4162
4163DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4164
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004165:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4166 [excludenl]
4167 [keepend]
4168 {pattern}
4169 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004170
4171 This defines one match.
4172
4173 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4174 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4175 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4176 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4177 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004178 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4179 match with the end pattern. See
4180 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4182 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4183 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4184 line, which makes the match depend on where
4185 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4186 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4187
4188 Example (match a character constant): >
4189 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4190<
4191
4192DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4193 *E398* *E399*
4194:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4195 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4196 [keepend]
4197 [extend]
4198 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004199 start={start-pattern} ..
4200 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4201 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004202 [{options}]
4203
4204 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4205
4206 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4207 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4208 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4209 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4210 for the text in between the matched start and
4211 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4212 a different group for the start or end match.
4213 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4214 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4215 match with the end pattern. See
4216 |:syn-keepend|.
4217 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004218 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004219 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4220 extend a containing match or item. Only
4221 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4222 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004223 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004224 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004225 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004226 the region where not to look for the end
4227 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004228 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004229 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4230
4231 Example: >
4232 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4233<
4234 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4235 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4236 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4237 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4238 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4239 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4240
4241 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4242 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4243 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4244 the end patterns.
4245
4246 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4247 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4248 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4249
4250 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4251 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4252 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4253 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4254
4255 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4256 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4257 work: >
4258 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4259 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4260< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4261 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4262 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4263 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4264 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4265< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4266 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4267
4268 *:syn-keepend*
4269 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4270 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4271 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4272 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4273 { starts outer "{}" region
4274 { starts contained "{}" region
4275 } ends contained "{}" region
4276 } ends outer "{} region
4277 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4278 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4279 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4280 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4281 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4282 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4283 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4284< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4285 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4286
4287 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4288 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4289 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4290 contained matches.
4291 *:syn-extend*
4292 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4293 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4294 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4295 extended.
4296 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4297 others don't. Example: >
4298
4299 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4300 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4301 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4302
4303< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4304 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4305 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4306
4307 Another example: >
4308 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4309< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4310 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4311 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4312 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4313 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4314
4315 *:syn-excludenl*
4316 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4317 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4318 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4319 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4320 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4321 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4322 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4323 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4324 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4325 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4326 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4327 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4328 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4329
4330 *:syn-matchgroup*
4331 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4332 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4333 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4334< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4335 between with the "String" group.
4336 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4337 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4338 using a matchgroup.
4339
4340 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4341 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4342 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4343 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4344 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4345
4346 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4347 different colors: >
4348 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4349 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4350 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4351 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4352 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4353 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004354<
4355 *E849*
4356The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004357
4358==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043597. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360
4361The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4362The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4363and may be mixed with patterns.
4364
4365Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4366can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004367 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004368 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4369:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4370:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4371:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004372
4373These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004374 conceal
4375 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004376 contained
4377 containedin
4378 nextgroup
4379 transparent
4380 skipwhite
4381 skipnl
4382 skipempty
4383
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004384conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4385
4386When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004387Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004388'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4389concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4390edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004391
4392Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4393bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004394
4395concealends *:syn-concealends*
4396
4397When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4398the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4399Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4400'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004401in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4402|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4403items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004404
4405cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004406 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004407The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4408when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4409argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004410character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4411a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004412 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004413See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004414
4415contained *:syn-contained*
4416
4417When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4418the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4419another match. Example: >
4420 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4421 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4422
4423
4424display *:syn-display*
4425
4426If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4427detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4428by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4429to be displayed.
4430
4431Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4432conditions:
4433- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4434 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4435 line.
4436- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4437 make it continue on the next line.
4438- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4439 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4440 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4441- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4442 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4443 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4444 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4445
4446Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4447- match with a number
4448- match with a label
4449
4450
4451transparent *:syn-transparent*
4452
4453If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4454itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4455is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4456only to skip over a part of the text.
4457
4458The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4459unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4460avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4461highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4462 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4463 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4464 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4465 :hi link myString String
4466 :hi link myWord Comment
4467Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4468match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4469argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4470it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4471out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004472"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004473happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4474position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4475
4476When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4477items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4478see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4479through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4480
4481 look from here
4482
4483 | | | | | |
4484 V V V V V V
4485
4486 xxxx yyy more contained items
4487 .................... contained item (transparent)
4488 ============================= first item
4489
4490The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4491transparent group.
4492
4493What you see is:
4494
4495 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4496
4497Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4498
4499
4500oneline *:syn-oneline*
4501
4502The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4503boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4504region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4505the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4506continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4507line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4508
4509When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4510pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4511end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4512means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4513be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4514line break.
4515
4516
4517fold *:syn-fold*
4518
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004519The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004520Example: >
4521 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4522 :syn sync fromstart
4523 :set foldmethod=syntax
4524This will make each {} block form one fold.
4525
4526The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4527ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4528The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004529See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4530from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004531{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4532
4533
4534 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004535contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004536
4537The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4538groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4539containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4540regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4541this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4542here.
4543
4544contains=ALL
4545 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4546 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4547
4548contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4549 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4550 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4551 are listed. Example: >
4552 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4553
4554contains=TOP
4555 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4556 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4557 argument.
4558contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4559 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4560
4561contains=CONTAINED
4562 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4563 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4564 argument.
4565contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4566 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4567 listed.
4568
4569
4570The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4571that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4572The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4573 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4574The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4575that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4576command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4577syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4578the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4579group names.
4580
4581The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4582region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4583|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4584region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4585area that is highlighted
4586
4587
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004588containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004589
4590The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4591item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4592containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4593
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004594The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004595
4596This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4597be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4598of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4599the C syntax: >
4600 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4601Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4602level.
4603
4604Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4605appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4606keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4607work.
4608
4609
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004610nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004611
4612The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4613separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4614
4615If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4616tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4617a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4618will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4619current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4620other groups. Example: >
4621 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4622 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4623 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4624
4625This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4626"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4627highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4628
4629 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4630 fff bbb fff bbb
4631
4632Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4633when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4634highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4635would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4636
4637
4638skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4639skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4640skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4641
4642These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4643used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004644 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004645 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4646 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4647
4648When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4649next group that matches the white space.
4650
4651When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4652line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4653line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4654the current item in the same line.
4655
4656When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4657groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4658for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4659space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4660
4661Example: >
4662 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4663 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4664 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4665Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4666match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4667precedence.
4668Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4669"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4670example).
4671
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004672IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4673
4674:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4675 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4676 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4677 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4678 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4679 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4680 given explicitly.
4681
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004682:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004683 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004684
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004685==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046868. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004687
4688In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4689characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4690use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4691use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4692 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4693 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4694
4695See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004696always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004697value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4698not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4699independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4700
4701Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4702This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4703
4704 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4705The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4706change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4707match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4708are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4709pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4710
4711The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4712The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4713
4714ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4715me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4716hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4717he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4718rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4719re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4720lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4721
4722The {offset} can be:
4723
4724s start of the matched pattern
4725s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4726s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4727e end of the matched pattern
4728e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4729e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004730{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004731
4732Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4733
4734Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4735meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4736
4737 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4738match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4739region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4740region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4741region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4742
4743Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4744 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4745<
4746 some "string" text
4747 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4748
4749Notes:
4750- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4751 offset(s).
4752- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4753- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4754 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004755- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004756 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004757 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004758- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4759 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4760 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4761
4762Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4763 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4764<
4765 /* this is a comment */
4766 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4767
4768A more complicated Example: >
4769 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4770<
4771 abcfoostringbarabc
4772 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004773 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004774
4775Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4776
4777Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4778with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004779in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004780
4781The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4782be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4783cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4784characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4785used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4786specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4787
4788 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4789 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4790 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4791<
4792 ___zzzz ___wwww
4793 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4794 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4795 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4796
4797The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4798unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4799
4800
4801Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4802
4803The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4804expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4805
4806When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4807allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004808following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4809the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004810
4811The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4812continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4813matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4814halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4815previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4816is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4817 x x a
4818 b x x
4819Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4820after the "\n".
4821
4822
4823External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4824
4825These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4826
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004827 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004828 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4829 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4830 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004831
4832 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4833 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4834 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4835 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4836
4837Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4838sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4839shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4840items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4841referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4842example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4843 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4844
4845As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4846it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004847changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004848first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4849also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004850 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851
4852Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4853indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4854to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4855Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4856within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4857sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4858the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4859
4860Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4861cannot be referred to.
4862
4863==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048649. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004865
4866:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4867 [add={group-name}..]
4868 [remove={group-name}..]
4869
4870This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4871single name.
4872
4873 contains={group-name}..
4874 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4875 add={group-name}..
4876 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4877 remove={group-name}..
4878 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4879
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004880A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4881nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4882this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004883
4884Example: >
4885 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4886 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4887
4888As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4889retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4890to speak: >
4891 :syntax keyword A aaa
4892 :syntax keyword B bbb
4893 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4894 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4895 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4896
4897This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4898 :syntax keyword A aaa
4899 :syntax keyword B bbb
4900 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4901 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4902 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4903 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4904 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004905<
4906 *E848*
4907The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004908
4909==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100491010. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004911
4912It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4913a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4914two different ways:
4915
4916 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4917 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4918 the |:runtime| command: >
4919
4920 " In cpp.vim:
4921 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4922 :unlet b:current_syntax
4923
4924< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4925 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4926 ":syntax include" command:
4927
4928:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4929
4930 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4931 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4932 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4933 that list. >
4934
4935 " In perl.vim:
4936 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4937 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4938<
4939 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4940 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4941 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4942 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4943 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004944 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4945 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004946
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004947 *E847*
4948The maximum number of includes is 999.
4949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100495111. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952
4953Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4954make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4955redrawing starts.
4956
4957:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4958
4959There are four ways to synchronize:
49601. Always parse from the start of the file.
4961 |:syn-sync-first|
49622. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4963 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4964 |:syn-sync-second|
49653. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4966 |:syn-sync-third|
49674. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4968 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4969
4970 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4971For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4972limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4973
4974If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4975that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4976lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4977
4978If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4979for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4980adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4981slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004982 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004983<
4984 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4985When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4986cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4987start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4988the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4989break use this: >
4990 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4991The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4992change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4993value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4994
4995
4996First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4997>
4998 :syntax sync fromstart
4999
5000The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5001accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5002so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005003when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005004case: to the end of the file).
5005
5006Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5007
5008
5009Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5010
5011For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5012Example: >
5013 :syntax sync ccomment
5014
5015When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5016comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5017used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5018An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5019 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5020This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5021used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5022region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5023
5024The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5025lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5026lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5027lines, but it hard to sync on).
5028
5029Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5030that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5031is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5032chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5033is hardly ever noticed.
5034
5035
5036Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5037
5038For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5039Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5040means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5041Example: >
5042 :syntax sync minlines=50
5043
5044"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5045
5046
5047Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5048
5049The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5050sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5051region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5052starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5053the search continues backwards in the file.
5054
5055This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5056matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5057- Keywords cannot be used.
5058- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5059 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5060- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5061 forwards.
5062- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5063 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5064 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005065 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005066- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5067 group of continued lines).
5068- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5069 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5070 line (or group of continued lines).
5071- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5072 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5073 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5074 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5075
5076There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50771. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5078 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5079 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5080 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50812. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5082 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5083 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5084 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5085Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5086
5087Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5088avoid finding unwanted matches.
5089
5090[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5091search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5092highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5093faster.]
5094
5095 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5096 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5097
5098 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5099 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5100 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5101 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5102 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5103
5104 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5105 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5106
5107 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5108 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5109 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5110 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5111 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5112 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5113 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5114 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5115 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5116 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5117
5118 :syntax sync match ..
5119 :syntax sync region ..
5120
5121 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5122 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5123
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005124 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005125 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5126
5127 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5128 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5129 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5130
5131If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5132searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5133few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5134 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5135
5136You can clear all sync settings with: >
5137 :syntax sync clear
5138
5139You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5140 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5141
5142==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100514312. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005144
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005145This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146
5147 :sy[ntax] [list]
5148
5149To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5150
5151 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5152
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005153To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005154
5155 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5156
5157See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5158
5159Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5160is mostly used, because it looks better.
5161
5162==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100516313. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005165In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005166and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5167of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005168
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005169 colorscheme pablo
5170<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005171 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005172:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5173 This is basically the same as >
5174 :echo g:colors_name
5175< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5176 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5177 feature it will output "unknown".
5178
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005179:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005180 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005181 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005182 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5183 "start" and then under "opt".
5184
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005185 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005186 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005187
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005188You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5189appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5190the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5191darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005192
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005193 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5194 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005195<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005196For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5197use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5198the original color scheme: >
5199 runtime colors/evening.vim
5200 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005201
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005202Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5203(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5204autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5205|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5206
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005207 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005208If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5209using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5210color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5211 augroup my_colorschemes
5212 au!
5213 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5214 augroup END
5215
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005216Change a couple more colors: >
5217 augroup my_colorschemes
5218 au!
5219 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005220 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005221 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5222 augroup END
5223
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005224If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5225colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5226 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5227 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5228
5229With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5230different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5231group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5232you can find them here:
5233https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5234
5235For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5236 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5237
5238
5239==============================================================================
524014. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5241
5242There are three types of highlight groups:
5243- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5244 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5245 linked to a group of the second type.
5246- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5247- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5248 *hitest.vim*
5249You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5250 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5251This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5252in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005253
5254:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5255 attributes set.
5256
5257:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5258 List one highlight group.
5259
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005260 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005261:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005262 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005263 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5264 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005265 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005266
5267:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5268:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5269 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5270 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5271
5272:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5273 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005274 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005275 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005276 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005277 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5278 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5279 argument.
5280
5281Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5282default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5283highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5284values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5285the default value.
5286
5287A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5288a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5289
5290 :hi Comment gui=bold
5291
5292Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5293specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5294result is like this single command has been used: >
5295 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5296<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005297 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005298When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5299also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5300 :verbose hi Comment
5301< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005302 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005303
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005304When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5305mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005307 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5308There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5309term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005310cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005311 termcap entry)
5312gui the GUI
5313
5314For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5315the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5316
53171. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5318
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005319 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005320 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5321 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5322 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005323term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005324 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005325 following items (in any order):
5326 bold
5327 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005328 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005329 underdouble not always available
5330 underdotted not always available
5331 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005332 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005333 reverse
5334 inverse same as reverse
5335 italic
5336 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005337 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005338 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5339
5340 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5341 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005342 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005343 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005344 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005345 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5346 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5347 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5348 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5349 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5350
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005351< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5352 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5353 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5354 have to specify the codes like this: >
5355 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5356 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5357 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5358< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5359 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5360 fallback.
5361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005362
5363start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5364stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5365 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5366 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5367
5368 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5369 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5370 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5371 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5372 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5373 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5374 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5375
5376 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5377
5378 1. A string with escape sequences.
5379 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5380 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5381 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5382 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5383
5384 2. A list of terminal codes.
5385 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5386 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5387 White space is not allowed. Example:
5388 start=t_C1,t_BL
5389 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5390
5391
53922. highlight arguments for color terminals
5393
5394cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5395 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5396 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5397 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5398 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005399 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5400 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5401 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402
5403ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5404ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005405ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5406 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5407 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5408
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005409 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5410 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5411 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5412 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5413 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5414 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5415
5416 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5417 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5418 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5419 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5420 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005421 *tmux*
5422 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5423 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005424 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5425 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005426< More info at:
5427 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5428 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005429
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005430 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5431 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5432 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005433 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5434 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5435
5436 *cterm-colors*
5437 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5438 0 0 Black
5439 1 4 DarkBlue
5440 2 2 DarkGreen
5441 3 6 DarkCyan
5442 4 1 DarkRed
5443 5 5 DarkMagenta
5444 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5445 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5446 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5447 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5448 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5449 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5450 12 1* Red, LightRed
5451 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5452 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5453 15 7* White
5454
5455 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5456 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5457 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5458 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5459 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5460 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5461 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5462 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5463 a number instead of a color name.
5464
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005465 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5466 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005468 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5469 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005470
5471 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5472 colors!
5473
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005474 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5475
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5477 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5478 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5479 Example: >
5480 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5481< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005482 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5483 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5484 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5485 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5486 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005487 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005489 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005490
5491 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5492 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5493 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5494 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005495 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5496 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5497 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5498 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5499 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005500 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5501< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005502 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005503 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5504
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005505ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5506 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5507 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5508 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5509 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5510 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5511 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5512 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005513
55143. highlight arguments for the GUI
5515
5516gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5517 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5518 See |attr-list| for a description.
5519 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5520 have the same effect.
5521 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5522
5523font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5524 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5525 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5526 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5527<
5528 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5529 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5530 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5531 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005532 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5534 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5535 changed.
5536 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5537 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5538 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005539 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5540 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5541 Example: >
5542 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005543
5544guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5545guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005546guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5547 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005548 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5549 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005550 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005551 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005552 bg use normal background color
5553 background use normal background color
5554 fg use normal foreground color
5555 foreground use normal foreground color
5556 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5557 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5558 Example: >
5559 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5560<
5561 *gui-colors*
5562 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5563 Red LightRed DarkRed
5564 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5565 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5566 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5567 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5568 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5569 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5570 Black White
5571 Orange Purple Violet
5572
5573 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5574 |win32-colors|.
5575
5576 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5577 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5578 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005580 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005581 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005582 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005583<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005584 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005585 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5586 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005587
5588 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5589 # override it.
5590 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5591 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5592<
5593 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5594 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5595 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5596 scheme: >
5597
5598 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5599 colorscheme alt
5600<
5601 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5602 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5603 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5604 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5605 by a color scheme using: >
5606
5607 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5608 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5609<
5610
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5612These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5613'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5614of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5615command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005616When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5617unreadable use Visual selection.
5618
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005619 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005620ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005621 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005622Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5623 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005624 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005625Cursor Character under the cursor.
5626lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5627 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005628 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005629CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005630 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005631CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005632 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005633CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005635Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005636 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005637DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005639DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005640 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005641DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005642 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005643DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005644 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005645EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005646 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005647 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005648ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005649 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005650VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005651 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005652Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653 *hl-FoldColumn*
5654FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5655 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005656SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005657 *hl-IncSearch*
5658IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005659 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005660 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005661LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005662 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005663 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5664LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5665 option is set, above the cursor line.
5666 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5667LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5668 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005669 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005670CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5671 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005672 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5673CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005674 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5675CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005676 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005677MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005678 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005679 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005680MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5681 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005682 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005683ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005684 *hl-MsgArea*
5685MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5686 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687 *hl-MoreMsg*
5688MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5689 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005690NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5691 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5692 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5693 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5694 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005696Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005697 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005698Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005699 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005700PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005701 *hl-PmenuKind*
5702PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5703 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5704PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5705 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5706PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5707 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5708PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005709 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005710PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005711 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5712PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005713 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005714PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005715 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005716PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005717 *hl-PopupNotification*
5718PopupNotification
5719 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5720 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005722Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005723 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5724QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725 *hl-Search*
5726Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005727 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005728 *hl-CurSearch*
5729CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005730 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5731 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005732 *hl-SpecialKey*
5733SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5734 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005735 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005736 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005737 *hl-SpellBad*
5738SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5739 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005740 *hl-SpellCap*
5741SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5742 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005743 *hl-SpellLocal*
5744SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5745 used in another region. |spell|
5746 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5747 *hl-SpellRare*
5748SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5749 hardly ever used. |spell|
5750 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005751 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005752StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5754StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005755 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005756 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005757 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005758StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005759 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005760StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5761 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005762 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005763TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005764 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005765TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005766 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005767TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005768 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005769Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005771Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005773Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005774 *hl-VisualNOS*
5775VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5776 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5777 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005778WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005779 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005780WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005782 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005784statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005785
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005786For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005787scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5788Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5789and guifg.
5790
5791 *hl-Menu*
5792Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5793 Also used for the toolbar.
5794 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5795
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005796 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005797 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5798 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5799 set.
5800
5801 *hl-Scrollbar*
5802Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5803 scrollbars.
5804 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5805
5806 *hl-Tooltip*
5807Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5808 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5809
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005810 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5812 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5813 set.
5814
5815==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100581615. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005817
5818When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5819can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5820group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5821
5822To set a link:
5823
5824 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5825
5826To remove a link:
5827
5828 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5829
5830Notes: *E414*
5831- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5832 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5833- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5834 removed.
5835- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5836 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5837 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5838 links for groups that already have settings.
5839
5840 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5841The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5842group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5843will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5844
5845Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5846specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5847 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5848If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5849 :highlight link cComment Question
5850Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5851overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5852
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005853To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5854highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5855another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5856"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5857 highlight! default link cComment Question
5858
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005859==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100586016. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005861
5862If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5863command: >
5864 :syntax clear
5865
5866This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5867or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5868in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5869load the syntax file.
5870The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5871loaded after this command.
5872
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005873To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5874 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5875This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5876
5877To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5878 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5879This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5880
5881 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005882If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5883the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5884 :syntax off
5885
5886What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5887 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5888See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5889$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5890
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005891 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5892If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5893defaults back: >
5894
5895 :syntax reset
5896
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005897It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5898affects the highlighting.
5899
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5901
5902Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5903back to their Vim default.
5904Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5905scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5906
5907What this actually does is: >
5908
5909 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5910 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5911
5912Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5913
5914 *syncolor*
5915If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5916script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5917'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5918the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5919reset" command.
5920
5921For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5922
5923 if &background == "light"
5924 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5925 else
5926 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5927 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005928<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005929 *E679*
5930Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5931'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5932endless loop.
5933
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005934Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5935your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5936depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5937
5938 *syntax_cmd*
5939The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5940syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005941 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005942 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005943 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5944 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5945 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005946 the colors.
5947 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5948 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5949 them.
5950
5951==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595217. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005953
5954If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5955mappings.
5956
5957 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5958 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5959>
5960 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5961 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5962
5963WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5964memory Vim will consume.
5965
5966Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005967must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5968at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005969
5970Put these lines in your Makefile:
5971
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005972# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005973types: types.vim
5974types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005975 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005976 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5977 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5978
5979And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5980
5981 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005982 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005983 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005984 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005985 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5986
5987==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100598818. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005989
5990Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5991possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5992private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5993with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5994highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5995italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5996
5997To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5998windows on the buffer: >
5999 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006000< *w:current_syntax*
6001This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6002"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6003restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6004"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6005"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006006Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006007
6008Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006009on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006010syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006011same buffer.
6012
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006013A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6014is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6015When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006016
6017==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100601819. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006019
6020Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6021default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6022 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6023 : if has("terminfo")
6024 : set t_Co=8
6025 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6026 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6027 : else
6028 : set t_Co=8
6029 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6030 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6031 : endif
6032 :endif
6033< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6034
6035You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6036e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6037
6038Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6039be wrong.
6040 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6041The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6042But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6043 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6044 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6045<
6046 *colortest.vim*
6047To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006048To use it, execute this command: >
6049 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006050
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006051Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006052output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6053at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6054colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6055
6056 *xfree-xterm*
6057To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006058included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006059at: >
6060 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6061Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6062termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6063supports. >
6064 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6065If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6066(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6067
6068This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6069 :if has("terminfo")
6070 : set t_Co=16
6071 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6072 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6073 :else
6074 : set t_Co=16
6075 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6076 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6077 :endif
6078< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6079
6080Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6081translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6082Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6083
6084For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6085
6086 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6087 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6088
6089Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6090and try if that works.
6091
6092You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6093 XTerm*color0: #000000
6094 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6095 XTerm*color2: #008000
6096 XTerm*color3: #808000
6097 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6098 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6099 XTerm*color6: #008080
6100 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6101 XTerm*color8: #808080
6102 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6103 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6104 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6105 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6106 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6107 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6108 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6109 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6110
6111[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6112cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006113newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006114
6115To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6116Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6117 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6118<
6119 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6120To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6121Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6122these resources:
6123 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6124 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6125 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6126 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6127
6128 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006129These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006130foreground colors: >
6131 :if has("terminfo")
6132 : set t_Co=8
6133 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6134 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6135 :else
6136 : set t_Co=8
6137 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6138 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6139 :endif
6140< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6141
6142 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6143These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6144emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6145bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6146 :set t_Co=16
6147 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6148 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6149<
6150 *TTpro-telnet*
6151These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6152open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6153 set t_Co=16
6154 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6155 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6156Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6157that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6158(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6159
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006160
6161==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100616220. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006163
6164This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6165
6166If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6167faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6168as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6169
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006170Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006171You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6172
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006173To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6174sequence: >
6175 :syntime on
6176 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6177 :syntime report
6178
6179This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6180it took to match them against the text.
6181
6182:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6183 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6184 matching.
6185
6186:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6187
6188:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6189
6190:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6191 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6192 the output.
6193
6194 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6195 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6196 matching this pattern.
6197 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6198 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6199 matched
6200 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6201 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6202 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6203 this is not unique.
6204 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6205
6206Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6207include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6208pattern does NOT match.
6209
6210When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6211all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6212literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6213
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006214"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006215 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006216"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006217
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006218
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006219 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: